54
1 3 rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 1 2014-2015 Unit Name: Freckle Juice / Stone Fox Module 1: (Number of Days 24) TLI Focus: Literary Narrative Start: 8/18/14 Test: 9/22/14 Unit Overview: In this unit the students will enjoy reading about a boy named Andrew who desperately wants freckles and what he does to get them. They will learn that real freckles form from melanin, which is the same pigment in the skin that causes skin to become tan. People who have freckles make less melanin when they are in the sun than people who are tan. In the second extended text they will read about a ten year old boy named Willy who lives with his grandpa on a potato farm near Jackson, Wyoming. They will learn all the things that he does to help his grandpa to restore the farm. Performance Task: After reading the story, Freckle Juice, students will think about a time when they thought they wanted to change something about themselves or knew someone who wanted to change something about him or herself. What caused them to want to make the change? Were they able to make the change? Students will write a story about what they changed and what happened after the changes were made. The stories will be collected to make a class book. After reading the story, Stone Fox, students will discuss the meaning of courage and how to be courageous. Have students to share personal examples of showing courage in their lives. Research people in history that have shown themselves to be courageous. Students will choose one person to write about how that person was courageous. Essential Questions: 1. Freckle Juice: How can each of us contribute to the community of our classroom and school? 2. Stone Fox: What does courage mean for you? Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching: Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona, Delaware, North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education

rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 1 2014 … · 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 1 2014-2015 ... completing an Exit Ticket, and produce ... Students may create lists

  • Upload
    lethu

  • View
    216

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

1

3rd

Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 1

2014-2015

Unit Name

Freckle Juice Stone Fox

Module 1 (Number of Days 24) TLI Focus Literary Narrative

Start 81814 Test 92214

Unit Overview

In this unit the students will enjoy reading about a boy named Andrew who desperately wants freckles and what he does to get them They will learn that real freckles form from melanin which is the same pigment in the skin that causes skin to become tan People who have freckles make less melanin when they are in the sun than people who are tan In the second extended text they will read about a ten year old boy named Willy who lives with his grandpa on a potato farm near Jackson Wyoming They will learn all the things that he does to help his grandpa to restore the farm

Performance Task After reading the story Freckle Juice students will think about a time when they thought they wanted to change something about themselves or knew someone who wanted to change something about him or herself What caused them to want to make the change Were they able to make the change Students will write a story about what they changed and what happened after the changes were made The stories will be collected to make a class book After reading the story Stone Fox students will discuss the meaning of courage and how to be courageous Have students to share personal examples of showing courage in their lives Research people in history that have shown themselves to be courageous Students will choose one person to write about how that person was courageous

Essential Questions

1 Freckle Juice How can each of us contribute to the community of our classroom and school

2 Stone Fox What does courage mean for you

Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards

Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona Delaware North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education

2

PBSD

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W33-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature

Freckle Juice A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift Enemy Pie

Literature

Freckle Juice

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and

short text students will

respond to short

answer questions show

understanding by

completing an Exit

Ticket and produce

Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions Focus on Inform and

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Assign to the students a research project on what causes freckles and why some people have them

and some do not

Convey Experiences Writing-

The students will write a story describing a friend that possess the qualities listed in the poem about friendship

They will write about specific ways their friend

demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not

positive and what someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from

listening to the song

Literature Making Friends with

Pizza

Literature - Poetry Friendship is Friendship

Social Studies Bullying

Social Studies Peer Pressure Power

ArtMusic Rachel Delevoryas

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

3

PBSD- Grade 3- Common Core- Module 1 (Part b ndash Weeks 3-5)

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W33-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives

Literature The Boy Who Cried

Wolf

Literature

Stone Fox

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and short text students will respond to short answer questions show understanding by completing an Exit Ticket and produce Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Research people in history that have

shown themselves to be courageous

Students will choose one person to write

about how that person was courageous

Convey Experiences

Writing Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story Rewrite your

findings into a one

paragraph summary

Writing Respond after reading versions of the Three

Little Pigs Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo

story and why Give evidence to prove your

claim

Literature Three Little Pigs and The True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Literature - Poetry Ocean Poems

Eating While Reading

Literature The Harvest Birds Tops amp Bottoms

Social Studies

Art

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

5

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L 31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L 31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L 31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

L 32b Use commas in addresses

L 32d Form and use possessives

LP 312a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

LP 312c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

LP 322b Use commas in greeting and closing of letters

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

2

PBSD

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W33-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature

Freckle Juice A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift Enemy Pie

Literature

Freckle Juice

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and

short text students will

respond to short

answer questions show

understanding by

completing an Exit

Ticket and produce

Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions Focus on Inform and

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Assign to the students a research project on what causes freckles and why some people have them

and some do not

Convey Experiences Writing-

The students will write a story describing a friend that possess the qualities listed in the poem about friendship

They will write about specific ways their friend

demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not

positive and what someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from

listening to the song

Literature Making Friends with

Pizza

Literature - Poetry Friendship is Friendship

Social Studies Bullying

Social Studies Peer Pressure Power

ArtMusic Rachel Delevoryas

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

3

PBSD- Grade 3- Common Core- Module 1 (Part b ndash Weeks 3-5)

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W33-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives

Literature The Boy Who Cried

Wolf

Literature

Stone Fox

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and short text students will respond to short answer questions show understanding by completing an Exit Ticket and produce Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Research people in history that have

shown themselves to be courageous

Students will choose one person to write

about how that person was courageous

Convey Experiences

Writing Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story Rewrite your

findings into a one

paragraph summary

Writing Respond after reading versions of the Three

Little Pigs Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo

story and why Give evidence to prove your

claim

Literature Three Little Pigs and The True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Literature - Poetry Ocean Poems

Eating While Reading

Literature The Harvest Birds Tops amp Bottoms

Social Studies

Art

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

5

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L 31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L 31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L 31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

L 32b Use commas in addresses

L 32d Form and use possessives

LP 312a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

LP 312c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

LP 322b Use commas in greeting and closing of letters

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

3

PBSD- Grade 3- Common Core- Module 1 (Part b ndash Weeks 3-5)

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W33-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives

Literature The Boy Who Cried

Wolf

Literature

Stone Fox

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and short text students will respond to short answer questions show understanding by completing an Exit Ticket and produce Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Research people in history that have

shown themselves to be courageous

Students will choose one person to write

about how that person was courageous

Convey Experiences

Writing Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story Rewrite your

findings into a one

paragraph summary

Writing Respond after reading versions of the Three

Little Pigs Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo

story and why Give evidence to prove your

claim

Literature Three Little Pigs and The True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Literature - Poetry Ocean Poems

Eating While Reading

Literature The Harvest Birds Tops amp Bottoms

Social Studies

Art

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

5

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L 31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L 31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L 31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

L 32b Use commas in addresses

L 32d Form and use possessives

LP 312a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

LP 312c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

LP 322b Use commas in greeting and closing of letters

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

5

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L 31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L 31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L 31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

L 32b Use commas in addresses

L 32d Form and use possessives

LP 312a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

LP 312c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

LP 322b Use commas in greeting and closing of letters

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

5

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 1 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L 31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L 31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L 31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

L 32b Use commas in addresses

L 32d Form and use possessives

LP 312a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

LP 312c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

LP 322b Use commas in greeting and closing of letters

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

6

3rd

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into All Modules

Text Types and Purposes

1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons

a Introduce the topic or text they are writing about state an opinion and create an organizational structure that lists reasons

b Provide reasons that support the opinion

c Use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example) to connect opinion and reasons

d Provide a concluding statement or section

2 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

a Introduce a topic and group related information together include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension

b Develop the topic with facts definitions and details

c Use linking words and phrases (eg also another and more but) to connect ideas within categories of information

d Provide a concluding statement or section

3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

a Establish a situation and introduce a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

b Use dialogue and descriptions of actions thoughts and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations

c Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order

d Provide a sense of closure

Production and Distribution of Writing

4 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose

5 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising and editing

6 With guidance and support from adults use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others

Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic

8 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

Range of Writing

10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-

specific tasks purposes and audiences

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

7

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

9

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

11

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

14

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

15

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Figurative Language

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

16

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

17

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

18

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

20

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

21

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

23

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

28

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

Speech Conventions

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33)

Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

b) Form and use regular and

irregular plural nouns

d) Form and use regular and

irregular verbs

e) Form and use the simple

(eg I walked I walk I will

walk) verb tenses

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing

b) use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas in addresses

d) Form and use possessives

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

32

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

33

Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories

SL31 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 1 August 18 ndash 22 2014

Chapters 1 amp 2

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element

Characterization p 9 10 25

Set a purpose for reading p10

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p10 26

Chapter by Chapter Lesson Plan

httpwwwteachersnetworkorgteachnet

-labmiami2004vazquezindexhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Point of View Mini Lesson

httpwwwsandtpublicationscomfFreck

le_Juice_Sample_Packetpdf

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Writing

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis ndash Do you

think Sharon wants to be

Andrewrsquos friend or enemy

Write 1 paragraph p 11 27

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL33 Common Core Progress book

p 24-29

Short Texts Journeyrsquos book A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Vocabulary

Freckle Juice Chapters 1 and 2 TLI Unit

(Section1) p9 24

decided

especially

plenty

pretended

recipe

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

34

Standards Standards Extended Text Freckle Juice

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL36

Distinguish their own point of view

from that of the narrator or those of

the characters

LP312c

Use commas in dates and to separate

single words in a series

LP322b

Use commas in greetings and closings

of letters

W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

SL31 Engage in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly

SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task in order to provide requested detail or clarification

Section 2 August 25 ndash 29 2014

Chapters 3 ndash 5

Reading Mini-lessons Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element Plot p 12 29

Set a Purpose for Reading p 13

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p 1330

Summarizing

httpwwwauburneduacademiceducati

onreading_genieopeningsoglesbyrlhtml

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Assessments Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Freckle Juice Assessing Student

Understanding Novel Test with

Multiple Choice Short Answer

and Essays p 15 - 17 32 -37

Language

LP312cLP322b Target

Fundamental Lesson LC022

Use Correct Punctuation

(eg abbreviations commas

apostrophes quotation

marks)

Writing Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5

TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis What does Sharon

tell Andrew about her freckle recipe

What does she tell Nicky Why do you

think she does this What a paragraph

using examples from book p 14 31

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

RL36 Common Core Progress book

p 112-117

Short Texts

Journeyrsquos

A Fine Fine School

Destinyrsquos Gift

Storyline Online

Enemy Pie

Freckle Juice Chapters 3 -5 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Vocabulary

allowed

handsome

reflection

sensible

wondered

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

35

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in the story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson A Fine Fine School Story Map Characters Projectable 15a T31 Projectable 15c Story Structure

W38

Assign to the students a research

project on a planet other than Earth

Create a display of many books on the

planets and have students choose a

book which to start their research

Using the key words ldquowhere when

why and how key events occurrdquo

students should begin by creating list

of question they want to answer

through their research The

generating of questions could happen

as a class if students need modeling of

the process Give students large index

cards with each question on one side

and have them write the answers on

the other side When they are finished

finding the answers have them use

these cards to write a report on the

planet As students revise they should

focus on word choice to make their

reports as literary and interesting as

possible Students should create one

prop to help explain their most

interesting finding about the planet

Vocabulary

Character

traits

motivations

feelings

contribute

sequence

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

36

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or drama drawing on specific details in the text (eg how characters interact) RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

Journeyrsquos Unit 2 Lesson 9 Kamishibai Man

TE Page T292-T293 Cause and Effect MonitorClarify

Projectable 94

Write to Respond to Literature W34

Focus Train Organization Journeys TE 309

Practice Book- Volume 1 (page

118) Lesson 9

Vocabulary

Blurry

Blasted

Jerky

Rude

Rickety

Vacant

Applause

Familiar

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

37

Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Journeyrsquos Unit 1 Lesson 3 Destinyrsquos Gift TE Page 204

Understanding Characters Projectable 35c

Enemy Pie ndash Storyline Online (Video )

Journal about story

Vocabulary

Character

Traits

Motivations

Feelings

Sequence

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

38

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

Short Text Resources

Friendship is Friendship Poem Short Text Resources

Bullying Article Short Text Resources

Making Friends with Pizza Poem

Short Text Resources

Peer Pressure Article with Questions

Short Text Resources

Song by Rachel Delevoryas (Lyrics)

Writing- The students will write a story

describing a friend that possesses the qualities listed in the poem They will write about specific ways their friend demonstrates these characteristics

Writing

Write a paragraph about bullying ndash why it is not positive and what

someone should do if it happens to them or a friend of theirs

Writing-

Students will write a recipe for making their favorite pizza List the steps in

sequential order

Writing Have you or a friend ever felt

pressured to do something you did not want to do Which choice did you

make What would you do differently if it ever happened again

Writing

Quick Write Explain emotions you get from listening to the song

Vocabulary

Friendship

Poetry

Stanza

Bullying

Peer Pressure

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

39

Standards Standards Short Text Freckle Juice Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Determine a theme of a story drama or poem from details in the text including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic summarize the text

Short Text Resources

The Rooster and the Foxan Aesop Fable

Sample Questions to ask after a discussion of the story What is the theme of _____ (story) What details in the storypoemdrama help the reader determine this theme bull How does the author use the way the rooster responds to this situation to develop the theme of the story bull Summarize the story

Writing- Think of other popular fables and have students to write a new ending for the story

Vocabulary

Fable

Perched

Harmony

Prey

Ravish

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

40

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33

Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

Other standards taught SL31 SL36 L34 L35 L36 W310

Section 1 Chapters 1-5

September 2 -12 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Character p 9

10 24

Set a purpose for reading p9

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

Short Answer Questions p10 25

httpwwwnancypolettecomLitGuidesTe

xtstonefoxhtm

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental

Lesson SE013

Describe Character Actions and

motives

Questions for Each Chapter httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Chapter 1 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox201htm

Chapter 5 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu501-

S03Grinbergstone_fox205htm

Language

LP301e Target Fundamental Lesson

LC025

Write with more proficient spelling of

inflectional endings including plurals and

verb tenses

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis ndash Think about the

character Searchlight Do you think she

understands what is happening with

Grandpa and the farm Use examples

from the book to support your answer

Pg18 26

LiteratureWriting What If

Stories Invite students to write

paragraphs telling what might have

happened if various events had taken a

different turn or if characters had made

other choices Introduce the activity by

writing some examples on the chalkboard

then invite students to make up ldquowhat ifs

rdquo of their own Add their suggestions to the

board list Examples are What if the banker had

not let Willy withdraw his saving from the

bank What if Stone Fox had not let Willy win

What if Searchlight had not died What if

Grandfather decided to sell the farm Suggest

that students choose one of these ldquoifsrdquo or

another one to develop in their paragraphs and

to illustrate with a drawing

Word Study Lesson for Each Chapter

httpwwwgardenofpraisecomlesso

n5htm

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Progress Book

RL31 p 12-17

RL32 p 18-23

RL34 p 102-105

RL35 p 106-111

Collection of Lessons

httpswwwteachervisioncomfiction

lesson-plan7html

httpwwwwebenglishteachercomg

ardinerhtml

Short Texts Journeys The Harvest Birds

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

Vocabulary TLI Unit for Stone Fox p 8 23

chapter

credit

harvest

owe

rented

taxes

httpgardenofpraisecomfox1htm

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

41

Standards Standards Extended Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language SL31 Engage -effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-to-one in groups and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts building on othersrsquo ideas and expressing their own clearly SL36 Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification

L31d

Form and use regular and irregular

verbs

L31e Form and use the simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Section 2 Chapters 6-10

September 15 ndash 26 2014

Reading Mini-lessons

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Literary Element Plot p 12 13

30

Set a purpose for reading p13

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

with Short Answer Questions

p 13 14 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL34 Target Fundamental Lesson

V0007

Distinguish between Literal and

Nonliteral Language

Questions for each Chapter

httpeducationedpacificueduswebtral

lerlessonplanshtmlStone

Assessments

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Assessing Student Understanding

Novel Test with Multiple Choice

Short Answer and Essays p 15-

16 33-38

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing TLI Unit for Stone Fox

Textual Analysis Imagine

you are Mr Lester watching

the end of the race Describe

what you see and how it

makes you feel Write two or

three paragraphs p 14 32

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

Vocabulary p 12 27 28 29

TLI Unit for Stone Fox

achieve

amateur

excellent

limp

shocked

Kids Review of Book

httpwwwloveyourdogcom

bkclbstonefxhtml

Chapter 7 Resources

httppanintrasuntcnjedu5

01-

S03Grinbergstone_fox207

htm

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

42

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

Reading Mini-lesson

Journeyrsquos book The Harvest Birds TE Page 207

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing

Journeyrsquos TE T227

Projectable 89

Use graphic organizer to find

the most important events

from the story

Vocabulary

Courage

recount

fable

folktale

myth

diverse

culture

message

moral

convey

text illustrations

Commas

series

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

43

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections L32 Form and use possessives

Reading Mini-lesson

Poetry Eating While Reading

Illustrate how each line

builds meaning to the next

Have students read

multiple poems aloud to

each other explaining their

understanding of the poem

line-by-line and stanza-by-

stanza

Language Website Possessive NounsActivitiesBrainPop

Vocabulary

Stanza

Illustrate

Multiple

Line

Possessive

Drama

Poem

Chapter

Scene

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

44

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series) L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Reading Mini-lesson

Three Little Pigs (Galdone) and The

True Story of the Three Little Pigs (

Sceiska)

Use a T-Chart to compare

two versions of the same

folktale The focus of the

comparison should be the

motifs commonly found in

folk or traditional literature

Language

Using Three Little Pigs and The

True Story of the Three Little

Pigs find and identify all regular

and irregular verbs

Writing Who do you think is telling the ldquorealrdquo and why Give evidence to prove your claim

Vocabulary

Theme

Setting

Plot

Folktale literature

Comparison

Character

Traditional Literature

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

45

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Reading Mini-lesson

The Stories Julian Tells by Ann

Cameron

As students read first

chapter of the book ask

them to examine Julian as a

character Post the

following questions

How would you describe

Julian

What are his character

traits

Why does he do what he

does

Language Using Commas in Addresses (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Character traits

Motivations

Feelings

Actions

Sequence

Contributions

Events

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

46

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL39 Compare and contrast themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

Reading Mini-lessons

SL31a SL31d Rl35 RL39

Ocean Poems Choose two poems

read aloud and ask the students

the following questions

What do you think is the

message of each poem

Cite evidence from the

poem by stanza and line

that hints at the meaning

How are the poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you

think is the best Why

Language Irregular and Regular Plural Nouns (Worksheet)

Vocabulary

Compare

Contrast

Themes

Settings

Plot

Similar

Series

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

47

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from nonliteral language L31e Form and use simple (eg I walked I walk I will walk) verb tenses

Reading Mini-lessons

Amedlia Bedelia series by Peggy

Perish

Choose an idiomatic

saying Draw a picture of

the literal and figurative

meaning of the saying

Write a short paragraph to

explain to someone like

Amelia Bedelia why it is

important to know what

the saying really means

Use a T-Chart to record

what it literally means and

what it really means as a

sample text is read aloud

Language L31e Use and form simple verb tenses Learnzillion Video

Vocabulary

Idioms

Literal

Figurative

Phrases

Distinguish

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

48

Standards Standards Short Text Stone Fox Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Reading Mini-lessons

The Boy Who Cried Wolf by Lou Kuenzler

Describe ldquotrickster talesrdquo

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What is the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Writing Exit Ticket Think about what the message

of the story might be and why

these stories have been told for

hundreds of years Write your

answer in paragraph form

Vocabulary

Recount

Fables

Folktale

Myth

Diverse

Culture

Moral

Convey

Details Other Books Encounter by Jane Yolen

Tops amp Bottoms by Janet Stevens

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources

for Stone Fox Pages 39-41(hyper-

link)

Research Project Stone Fox Point out that in the story Willy lives in

Wyoming and that the Teton mountains in

Wyoming are a part of the Rocky

Mountains

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherslesson-

planstone-fox-lesson-plan

Six cooperative learning groups can first

research the six chief ranges of the

Rockies then contribute their findings to a

bulletin board which describes the ranges

in pictures and captions

Introduce the activity by explaining that

the Rockies are the largest mountain

system in North America The chain is

more than 3000 miles long and about 350

miles wide in some places (You may wish

to point out that in the United States the

Rockies form the Continental Divide

rivers flow from the western slopes to the

Pacific Ocean and from the eastern slopes

to the Atlantic) Write the following list on

the chalkboard and invite volunteers to

identify the ranges on a topographical map

as you read the list

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on THE CHIEF RANGES OF THE ROCKIES taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Southern Rockies

Middle Rockies

Northern Rockies

Canadian Rockies

Selwyn Mountains

Brooks Range

Day 1

Teacher will read aloud a text about one of the chief ranges of the Rockies that heshe has chosen to research

The teacher will place post-it notes in places that provide interesting information about this that causes her to want to do further research on this range Ex-highest peaks major cities in range national parks

Students will use the workshop time to pursue resources and make choices about their range

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph about the chief range First the teacher will put the cards in order Then the teacher will demonstrate writing a topic sentence and using the cards to complete the paragraph After that the teacher will model writing a concluding sentence

During the work time the students will write a paragraph about their chief range

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their chief range Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

50

Students will create visuals in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

At the end of the workshop they will share in small groups or with partners what they have chosen and why

Day 2

The teacher will use the same text from day one and model using the Table of Contents and index to locate information about the range chosen The teacher will model making notes on 3-5 index cards and think aloud about how to put the sentences into her own words The cards will be stored into the library pocket labeled

During the work time the students will collect 3-5 facts about their range chosen such as the highest peak major cities or national parks close and store the facts on note cards in their library pockets The teacher will provide scaffolding as needed one-to-one conferences or a small group if necessary

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about another range The students will do the same during the work time

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

51

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the range and why it is important The students will do the same during the work time

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

52

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of the main character in the story Stone Fox and planning a narrative about a time you did something for someone else and were courageous

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a time she did something to help someone else and how she was courageous She will take the point of view of the main character The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the story Stone Fox during reading workshop compare and contrast Willyrsquos culture to that of Stone Fox and model planning an opinion piece about whether you would view things differently if you grew up in a Shoshone Indian tribe The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether they would want to grow up in an Indian culture and how it would differ from their own Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

53

During work time the students will draft about doing something to help someone else and how Willy from the story was courageous The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

54

54